1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
68 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
69 static void dwarf2out_source_line
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
72 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
73 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
74 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
75 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
76 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
77 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
78 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
79 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
80 CIE = Common Information Entry
81 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
82 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
83 FDE = Frame Description Entry
84 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
85 how to restore registers
87 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
88 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
90 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
97 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
98 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
101 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
102 || flag_unwind_tables
103 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
108 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
110 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
113 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
114 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
118 default_eh_frame_section ()
120 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
121 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
122 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
123 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
124 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
128 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
129 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
130 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
135 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
140 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
144 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
149 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
150 must be kept around forever. */
151 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
154 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
155 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
156 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
158 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
159 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
160 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
161 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
162 define type declaration DIE's. */
163 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
165 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
166 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
167 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
170 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
171 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
172 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
174 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
175 Information instructions. The register number, offset
176 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
177 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
179 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
181 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
187 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
189 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
190 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
191 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
192 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
196 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
198 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
199 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
200 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
202 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
207 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
208 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
209 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
210 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
211 of this structure. */
212 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
217 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
220 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
221 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
222 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
223 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
224 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
226 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
230 const char *dw_fde_end
;
231 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
232 unsigned funcdef_number
;
233 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
234 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
235 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
239 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
240 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
242 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
243 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
244 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
245 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
247 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
248 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
251 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
252 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
253 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
256 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
260 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
262 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
263 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
264 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
266 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
267 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
268 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
269 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
271 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
275 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
276 information for each routine. */
277 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
279 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
280 static unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
282 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
283 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
284 static unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
287 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
289 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
291 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
292 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
294 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
295 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
296 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
297 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
298 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
299 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
302 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
305 unsigned int refcount
;
310 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
312 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
314 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
316 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
318 static char *stripattributes
PARAMS ((const char *));
319 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
320 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi
PARAMS ((void));
321 static void add_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
));
322 static void add_fde_cfi
PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref
));
323 static void lookup_cfa_1
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
,
325 static void lookup_cfa
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
326 static void reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
328 static void initial_return_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
329 static long stack_adjust_offset
PARAMS ((rtx
));
330 static void output_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int));
331 static void output_call_frame_info
PARAMS ((int));
332 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust
PARAMS ((rtx
));
333 static void queue_reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, rtx
, long));
334 static void flush_queued_reg_saves
PARAMS ((void));
335 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
336 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr
PARAMS ((rtx
, const char *));
338 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
339 static void output_cfa_loc
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
));
340 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*,
341 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*));
342 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
343 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
344 static void def_cfa_1
PARAMS ((const char *,
347 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
348 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
349 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
352 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
353 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
354 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
356 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
357 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
360 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
361 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
364 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
365 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
368 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
369 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
370 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
371 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
372 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
373 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
374 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
375 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
376 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
377 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
378 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
380 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
381 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
383 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
385 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
387 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
391 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
392 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
393 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
394 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
397 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
398 for the current function. */
399 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
400 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
403 /* Hook used by __throw. */
406 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
408 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
));
411 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
412 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
418 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
423 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
430 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
433 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address
)
437 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
438 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
439 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
441 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
442 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
444 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
445 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode
[i
]);
450 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
454 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
457 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc
)
462 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
463 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
465 return "DW_CFA_offset";
467 return "DW_CFA_restore";
471 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
472 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
473 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
474 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
475 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
476 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
477 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
478 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
479 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
480 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
481 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
482 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
483 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
484 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
485 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
486 case DW_CFA_register
:
487 return "DW_CFA_register";
488 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
489 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
490 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
491 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
493 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
494 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
495 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
496 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
497 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
500 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
501 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
502 case DW_CFA_expression
:
503 return "DW_CFA_expression";
504 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
505 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
506 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
507 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
508 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
509 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
511 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
512 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
513 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
516 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
517 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
518 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
519 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
520 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
521 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
524 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
528 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
530 static inline dw_cfi_ref
533 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= (dw_cfi_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
535 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
536 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
537 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
542 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
545 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
)
546 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
551 /* Find the end of the chain. */
552 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
558 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
561 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
563 static char label
[20];
564 static unsigned long label_num
= 0;
566 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", label_num
++);
567 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
571 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
572 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
575 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
)
581 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
584 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
586 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
587 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
591 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
593 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
595 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
596 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
597 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
600 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
604 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
607 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
610 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
)
612 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
614 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
616 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
617 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
619 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
620 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
623 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
624 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
626 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
627 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
634 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
638 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
642 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
645 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
647 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
648 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
650 if (fde_table_in_use
)
652 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
653 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
654 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
658 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
659 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
661 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
663 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
665 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
666 static long args_size
;
668 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
669 static long old_args_size
;
671 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
672 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
673 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
676 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label
, reg
, offset
)
686 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
689 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
690 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
693 def_cfa_1 (label
, loc_p
)
695 dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
;
698 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
703 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
704 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
706 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
707 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
709 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
710 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
711 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
712 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
717 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
719 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
720 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
722 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
723 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
726 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
727 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
730 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
731 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
732 offset has not changed. */
733 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
734 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
738 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
740 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
741 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
742 the specified offset. */
743 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
744 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
745 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
749 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
750 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
751 register-offset pair is available. */
752 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
754 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
755 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
756 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
759 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
762 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
763 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
764 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
765 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
768 reg_save (label
, reg
, sreg
, offset
)
774 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
776 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
778 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
779 the value isn't a register number. */
780 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
783 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
785 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
787 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
789 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
791 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
792 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
793 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
795 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
797 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
801 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
803 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
805 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
807 else if (sreg
== reg
)
808 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
812 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
813 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
816 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
819 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
820 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
821 from the previous frame's window save area.
823 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
824 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
827 dwarf2out_window_save (label
)
830 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
832 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
833 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
836 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
837 pushed onto the stack. */
840 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, size
)
846 if (size
== old_args_size
)
849 old_args_size
= size
;
852 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
853 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
854 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
857 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
858 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
861 dwarf2out_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
866 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
869 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
870 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
873 dwarf2out_return_save (label
, offset
)
877 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
880 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
881 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
884 dwarf2out_return_reg (label
, sreg
)
888 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
891 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
892 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
895 initial_return_save (rtl
)
898 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
899 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
901 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
904 /* RA is in a register. */
905 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
909 /* RA is on the stack. */
911 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
914 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
920 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
922 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
926 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
928 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
938 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
939 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
940 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
941 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
943 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
950 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
953 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
957 stack_adjust_offset (pattern
)
960 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
961 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
962 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
965 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
967 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
968 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
969 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
970 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
971 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
974 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
978 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
980 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
981 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
982 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
988 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
990 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
991 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
992 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
993 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
995 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1002 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1004 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1011 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1013 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1028 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1029 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1030 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1033 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
)
1036 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1040 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1042 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1043 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1044 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1045 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1046 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1047 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1048 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1051 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1055 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1056 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1057 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1060 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1062 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1063 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1064 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1065 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1066 offset
= -args_size
;
1071 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1072 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1073 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1074 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1076 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1078 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1079 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1080 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1088 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1089 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1091 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1095 args_size
+= offset
;
1099 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1100 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1101 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1106 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1107 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1108 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1110 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1112 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1117 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1119 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1120 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1123 queue_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
1128 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1130 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1132 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1133 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1135 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1139 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1141 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1143 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1145 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1149 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1150 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1154 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
)
1157 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1159 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1160 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1167 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1168 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1169 value, not an offset. */
1170 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1172 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1173 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1174 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1177 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1178 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1179 users need not read the source code.
1181 The High-Level Picture
1183 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1184 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1185 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1186 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1187 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1189 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1190 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1191 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1192 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1193 saves. This also seems to work.
1195 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1196 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1197 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1198 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1200 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1201 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1202 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1203 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1205 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1207 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1208 consists of a register and an offset.
1209 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1210 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1211 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1212 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1213 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1214 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1215 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1217 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1218 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1219 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1222 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1223 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1224 and cfa_temp.offset.
1226 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1229 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1230 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1231 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1235 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1236 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1239 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1240 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1241 cfa.offset unchanged
1242 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1243 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1246 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1247 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1248 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1249 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1250 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1251 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1254 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1255 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1256 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1259 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1260 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1262 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1263 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1264 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1267 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1268 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1270 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1271 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1274 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1275 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1276 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1279 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1280 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1281 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1284 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1288 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1289 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1290 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1293 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1294 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1295 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1297 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1300 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1301 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1302 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1304 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1307 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1310 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1311 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1314 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1315 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1316 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1319 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1320 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1321 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1322 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1325 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr
, label
)
1330 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1332 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1333 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1334 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1335 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1336 flag is set in them. */
1337 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1340 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1342 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1343 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1344 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1346 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1351 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1354 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1355 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1357 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1361 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1362 relative to the current CFA register. */
1363 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1365 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1367 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1373 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1374 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1375 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1376 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1377 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1378 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1379 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1385 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1389 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1392 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1395 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1397 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1403 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1405 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1406 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1408 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1410 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1411 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1413 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1416 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1418 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1419 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1420 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1421 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1423 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1426 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1427 or adjusting the FP */
1428 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1431 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1432 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1433 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1435 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1436 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1438 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1439 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1446 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1450 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1451 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1452 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1454 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1455 into the FP later on. */
1456 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1457 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1458 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1459 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1460 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1461 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1465 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1466 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1467 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1469 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1470 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1471 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1473 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1474 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1478 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1479 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1481 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1482 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1491 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1492 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1498 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1499 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1502 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1503 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1504 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1507 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1508 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1517 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1521 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1524 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1526 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1531 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1532 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1534 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1536 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1537 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1540 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1541 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1542 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1544 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1550 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1551 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1554 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1555 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1558 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1559 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1560 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1562 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1566 /* With an offset. */
1570 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1572 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1573 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1576 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1577 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1578 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1579 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1585 /* Without an offset. */
1587 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1588 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1589 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1590 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1597 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1599 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1600 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1607 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1608 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1609 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1611 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1613 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1615 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1616 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1618 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1619 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1624 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1625 calculate the CFA. */
1626 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1628 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1630 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1633 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1634 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1636 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1641 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1642 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1650 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1651 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1652 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1655 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn
)
1661 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1663 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1664 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1666 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1668 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1671 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1674 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1678 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1679 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1681 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1683 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1684 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1689 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1690 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1692 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1694 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1696 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1701 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1702 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1703 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1705 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1706 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (cfi
)
1707 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1712 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1713 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1715 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1716 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1717 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1718 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1719 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1720 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1723 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1724 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1725 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1726 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1727 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1728 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1729 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1730 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1731 case DW_CFA_register
:
1732 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1734 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1735 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1736 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1737 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1739 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1740 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1741 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1748 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1749 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1750 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1752 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1753 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (cfi
)
1754 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1758 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1759 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1761 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1762 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1763 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1765 case DW_CFA_register
:
1766 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1769 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1773 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1775 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1778 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
)
1783 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1785 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1786 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1787 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1788 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1791 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1792 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1793 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1794 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1796 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1797 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1798 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1799 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1800 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1803 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1804 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1806 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1808 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1810 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1811 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1812 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1815 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1816 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1819 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1820 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1821 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1822 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1825 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1826 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1827 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1828 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1831 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1832 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1833 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1834 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1837 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1838 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1839 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1840 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1843 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1844 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1847 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1850 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1851 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1852 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1854 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1857 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1858 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1859 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1860 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1861 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1865 case DW_CFA_register
:
1866 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1868 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1872 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1873 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1877 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1878 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1881 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1884 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1885 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1886 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1889 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1890 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1899 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1900 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1901 location of saved registers. */
1904 output_call_frame_info (for_eh
)
1910 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1911 int any_lsda_needed
= 0;
1912 char augmentation
[6];
1913 int augmentation_size
;
1914 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1915 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1916 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1918 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1919 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1922 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit any
1923 EH unwind information. */
1926 int any_eh_needed
= flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1928 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1929 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1930 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= 1;
1931 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
)
1934 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1938 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1943 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1945 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1947 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1948 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1950 /* Output the CIE. */
1951 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1952 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1953 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1954 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1955 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1957 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1958 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1959 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1960 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1961 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1965 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1966 augmentation_size
= 0;
1972 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1973 augmentation section.
1974 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1975 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1976 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1978 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1979 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1981 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1982 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1983 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1985 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1986 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1989 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
1991 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1994 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1996 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1999 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2001 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2003 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2007 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2008 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2010 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2012 + 1 /* CIE version */
2013 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2014 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2015 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2017 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2018 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2019 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2021 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2023 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2024 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2025 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2030 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2031 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2032 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2033 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2034 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2036 if (augmentation
[0])
2038 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2039 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2041 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2042 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2043 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2044 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2047 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2048 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2049 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2051 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2052 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2053 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2056 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2057 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2059 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2060 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2061 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2062 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2064 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2065 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2067 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2069 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2070 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& for_eh
2071 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2072 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2075 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2076 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2077 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2078 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2080 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2083 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2085 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2090 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2091 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2092 "FDE initial location");
2093 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2094 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2095 "FDE address range");
2099 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2100 "FDE initial location");
2101 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2102 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2103 "FDE address range");
2106 if (augmentation
[0])
2108 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2110 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2112 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2114 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2115 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2116 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2117 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2118 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2121 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2125 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2127 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2129 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2130 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2131 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2132 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2133 "Language Specific Data Area");
2137 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2138 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2140 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2141 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2145 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2148 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2150 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2151 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2152 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2154 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2155 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2156 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2157 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2160 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2161 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2162 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2163 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2164 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2165 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2168 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2173 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2177 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line
, file
)
2178 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2179 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2181 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2184 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2186 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2187 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2188 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2190 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2191 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2194 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2198 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2199 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2200 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2201 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2202 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2203 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2205 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2206 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2207 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2211 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2212 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2214 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2215 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2216 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2217 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2218 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2221 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2222 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2224 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2225 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2226 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2227 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2228 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2229 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2230 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2231 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2232 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2233 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2235 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2237 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2238 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2239 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2241 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2245 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2246 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2250 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (line
, file
)
2251 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2252 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2255 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2257 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2259 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2260 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2261 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2262 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2263 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2267 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2269 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2270 fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
2271 * sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2272 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2273 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2275 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2276 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2278 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2279 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2280 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2281 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2286 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2288 /* Output call frame information. */
2289 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2290 output_call_frame_info (0);
2292 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2293 output_call_frame_info (1);
2297 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2298 for emitting location expressions. */
2300 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2301 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2302 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2305 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2306 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2307 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2308 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2310 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2311 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2312 implementation are listed below. */
2317 dw_val_class_offset
,
2319 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2320 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2322 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2323 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2326 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2327 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2328 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2329 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2333 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2334 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2336 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2343 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2345 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2347 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2352 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2353 represented internally. */
2355 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2357 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2358 union dw_val_struct_union
2360 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2361 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2362 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2363 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2364 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2365 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2366 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2367 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2368 struct dw_val_die_union
2372 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2373 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2374 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2375 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2376 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2378 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2382 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2385 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2387 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2388 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2389 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2390 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2395 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2396 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2397 their entire life. */
2398 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2400 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2401 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2402 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2403 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2404 Only on head of list */
2405 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2406 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2409 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2411 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
2412 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2415 static void add_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
*,
2417 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2418 static unsigned long size_of_locs
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2419 static void output_loc_operands
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2420 static void output_loc_sequence
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2422 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2425 dwarf_stack_op_name (op
)
2431 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2432 return "DW_OP_addr";
2434 return "DW_OP_deref";
2436 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2438 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2440 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2442 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2444 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2446 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2448 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2450 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2452 return "DW_OP_constu";
2454 return "DW_OP_consts";
2458 return "DW_OP_drop";
2460 return "DW_OP_over";
2462 return "DW_OP_pick";
2464 return "DW_OP_swap";
2468 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2476 return "DW_OP_minus";
2488 return "DW_OP_plus";
2489 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2490 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2496 return "DW_OP_shra";
2514 return "DW_OP_skip";
2516 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2518 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2520 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2522 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2524 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2526 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2528 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2530 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2532 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2534 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2580 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2582 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2584 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2586 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2588 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2590 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2592 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2594 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2596 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2598 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2644 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2646 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2648 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2650 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2652 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2654 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2656 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2658 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2660 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2662 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2708 return "DW_OP_regx";
2710 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2712 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2714 return "DW_OP_piece";
2715 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2716 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2717 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2718 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2721 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2722 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2724 return "DW_OP_call2";
2726 return "DW_OP_call4";
2727 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2728 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2729 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2730 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2732 return "OP_<unknown>";
2736 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2737 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2738 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2740 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2741 new_loc_descr (op
, oprnd1
, oprnd2
)
2742 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
2743 unsigned long oprnd1
;
2744 unsigned long oprnd2
;
2746 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2747 = (dw_loc_descr_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2749 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2750 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2751 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2752 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2753 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2759 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2762 add_loc_descr (list_head
, descr
)
2763 dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
;
2764 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
2766 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2768 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2769 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2775 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2777 static unsigned long
2778 size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
2779 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2781 unsigned long size
= 1;
2783 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2786 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2787 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2806 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2809 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2814 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2815 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2853 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2856 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2859 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2862 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2863 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2866 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2868 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2869 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2878 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2879 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2888 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2890 static unsigned long
2892 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2896 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2898 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2899 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2905 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2908 output_loc_operands (loc
)
2909 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2911 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2912 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2914 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2916 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2918 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2922 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2926 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2930 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2932 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2939 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2940 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2944 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2957 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2958 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2959 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2960 only doing unwinding. */
2965 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2968 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2971 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2974 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2976 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2977 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3011 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3014 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3017 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3020 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3021 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3024 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3026 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3027 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3028 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3031 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3032 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3033 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3035 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3042 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3047 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3050 output_loc_sequence (loc
)
3051 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3053 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3055 /* Output the opcode. */
3056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3057 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3059 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3060 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3064 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3065 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3068 output_cfa_loc (cfi
)
3071 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3074 /* Output the size of the block. */
3075 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3076 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3077 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3079 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3080 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3083 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3084 a dw_cfa_location. */
3086 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3088 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3090 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3092 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3095 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3098 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3100 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3102 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3103 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3105 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3107 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3108 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3109 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3110 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3112 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3113 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3119 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3120 descriptor sequence. */
3123 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa
, loc
)
3124 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3125 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
;
3127 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3129 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3133 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3135 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3171 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3174 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3208 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3209 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3212 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3213 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3218 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3219 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3222 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3223 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3227 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3229 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3230 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3232 /* .debug_str support. */
3233 static int output_indirect_string
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
3235 static void dwarf2out_init
PARAMS ((const char *));
3236 static void dwarf2out_finish
PARAMS ((const char *));
3237 static void dwarf2out_define
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3238 static void dwarf2out_undef
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3239 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3240 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3241 static void dwarf2out_begin_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3242 static void dwarf2out_end_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3243 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block
PARAMS ((tree
));
3244 static void dwarf2out_global_decl
PARAMS ((tree
));
3245 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function
PARAMS ((tree
));
3247 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3249 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3255 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3256 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3257 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3258 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3259 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3260 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3261 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3262 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3263 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3264 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3265 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3266 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3267 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3268 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3269 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3270 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3271 something tries to reference them. */
3272 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3273 debug_nothing_rtx
/* label */
3277 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3278 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3279 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3281 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3282 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3283 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3284 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3286 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3287 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3289 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3291 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3293 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3294 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3295 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3296 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3297 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3299 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3300 line number associated with the label generated for that
3301 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3302 the line number entry. */
3304 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3306 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3307 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3311 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3313 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3315 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3316 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3317 unsigned long function
;
3319 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3321 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3322 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3323 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3325 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3327 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3328 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3329 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3333 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3335 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3337 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3339 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3340 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3341 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3343 dw_offset die_offset
;
3344 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3349 /* The pubname structure */
3351 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3358 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3363 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3364 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3368 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3377 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3378 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3380 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3381 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3382 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3383 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3384 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3385 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3387 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3388 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3389 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3390 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3391 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3392 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3393 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3394 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3395 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3396 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3398 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3399 language, and compiler version. */
3401 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3402 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3404 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3405 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3407 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3408 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3409 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3410 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3412 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3413 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3414 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3415 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3416 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3418 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3419 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3420 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3421 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3423 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3427 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3428 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3429 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3431 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3432 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3434 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3435 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3437 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3438 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3439 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3440 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3441 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3443 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3444 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3445 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3446 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3449 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3450 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3452 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3453 /* We need special handling in dwarf2out_start_source_file if it is
3455 static int is_main_source
;
3458 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3459 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3461 /* Structure used by lookup_filename to manage sets of filenames. */
3467 unsigned last_lookup_index
;
3470 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
3472 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3474 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3475 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3476 static struct file_table file_table
;
3479 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3480 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3481 number identifying each decl. */
3482 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3484 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3485 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3487 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3488 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3489 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3492 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3494 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3496 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3497 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3498 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3499 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3500 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3502 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3503 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3505 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3506 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3507 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3510 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3511 abbrev_die_table. */
3512 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3514 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3515 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3516 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3517 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3519 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3520 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3522 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3523 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3524 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3527 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3528 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3529 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3530 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3532 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3533 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3535 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3536 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3537 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3540 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3542 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3544 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3545 accessible names. */
3546 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3548 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3549 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3551 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3552 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3553 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3556 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3558 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3560 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3561 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3563 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3564 static unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3566 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3567 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3568 static unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3571 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3573 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3575 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3576 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3578 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3579 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3581 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3582 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3583 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3585 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3587 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3589 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3590 static unsigned have_location_lists
;
3592 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3593 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3595 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3596 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3599 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3601 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3603 static int is_pseudo_reg
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3604 static tree type_main_variant
PARAMS ((tree
));
3605 static int is_tagged_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3606 static const char *dwarf_tag_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3607 static const char *dwarf_attr_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3608 static const char *dwarf_form_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3610 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3612 static tree decl_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3613 static tree block_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3614 static tree decl_class_context
PARAMS ((tree
));
3615 static void add_dwarf_attr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
));
3616 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3617 static void add_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3618 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3620 static inline unsigned AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3621 static void add_AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3622 enum dwarf_attribute
, long));
3623 static inline long int AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3624 static void add_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3625 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3627 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3628 static void add_AT_long_long
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3629 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3632 static void add_AT_float
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3633 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3635 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3636 static int debug_str_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3637 static void add_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3638 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3640 static inline const char *AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3641 static int AT_string_form
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3642 static void add_AT_die_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3643 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3645 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3646 static inline int AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3647 static inline void set_AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, int));
3648 static void add_AT_fde_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3649 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3651 static void add_AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3652 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3654 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3655 static void add_AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3656 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3658 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3659 static void add_AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3660 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3662 static inline rtx AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3663 static void add_AT_lbl_id
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3664 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3666 static void add_AT_lbl_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3667 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3669 static void add_AT_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3670 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3672 static void add_AT_range_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3673 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3675 static inline const char *AT_lbl
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3676 static dw_attr_ref get_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3677 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3678 static const char *get_AT_low_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3679 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3680 static const char *get_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3681 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3682 static int get_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3683 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3684 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3685 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3686 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3687 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3688 static int is_c_family
PARAMS ((void));
3689 static int is_cxx
PARAMS ((void));
3690 static int is_java
PARAMS ((void));
3691 static int is_fortran
PARAMS ((void));
3692 static void remove_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3693 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3694 static inline void free_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3695 static void remove_children
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3696 static void add_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3697 static dw_die_ref new_die
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
,
3699 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3700 static void equate_type_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3701 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3702 static void equate_decl_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3703 static void print_spaces
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3704 static void print_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, FILE *));
3705 static void print_dwarf_line_table
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3706 static void reverse_die_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3707 static void reverse_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3708 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3709 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3710 static void loc_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3712 static void attr_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
,
3715 static void die_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3718 static int same_loc_p
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3719 dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *));
3720 static int same_dw_val_p
PARAMS ((dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*,
3722 static int same_attr_p
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *));
3723 static int same_die_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *));
3724 static int same_die_p_wrap
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3725 static void compute_section_prefix
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3726 static int is_type_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3727 static int is_comdat_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3728 static int is_symbol_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3729 static void assign_symbol_names
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3730 static void break_out_includes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3731 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3732 static int htab_cu_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3733 static void htab_cu_del
PARAMS ((void *));
3734 static int check_duplicate_cu
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *));
3735 static void record_comdat_symbol_number
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned));
3736 static void add_sibling_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3737 static void build_abbrev_table
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3738 static void output_location_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3739 static int constant_size
PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3740 static unsigned long size_of_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3741 static void calc_die_sizes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3742 static void mark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3743 static void unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3744 static void unmark_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3745 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3746 static unsigned long size_of_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3747 static enum dwarf_form value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3748 static void output_value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3749 static void output_abbrev_section
PARAMS ((void));
3750 static void output_die_symbol
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3751 static void output_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3752 static void output_compilation_unit_header
PARAMS ((void));
3753 static void output_comp_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, int));
3754 static const char *dwarf2_name
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3755 static void add_pubname
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3756 static void output_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3757 static void add_arange
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3758 static void output_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3759 static unsigned int add_ranges
PARAMS ((tree
));
3760 static void output_ranges
PARAMS ((void));
3761 static void output_line_info
PARAMS ((void));
3762 static void output_file_names
PARAMS ((void));
3763 static dw_die_ref base_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3764 static tree root_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3765 static int is_base_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3766 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
));
3767 static int type_is_enum
PARAMS ((tree
));
3768 static unsigned int reg_number
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3769 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3770 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
));
3771 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr
PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3772 static int is_based_loc
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3773 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
));
3774 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3775 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3776 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3777 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int));
3778 static tree field_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3779 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3780 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3781 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3782 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset
PARAMS ((tree
));
3783 static void add_AT_location_description
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3784 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3786 static void add_data_member_location_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3787 static void add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, rtx
));
3788 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location
PARAMS ((tree
));
3789 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3790 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3791 static void add_name_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, const char *));
3792 static void add_bound_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3793 enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
));
3794 static void add_subscript_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3795 static void add_byte_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3796 static void add_bit_offset_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3797 static void add_bit_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3798 static void add_prototyped_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3799 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3800 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3801 static void add_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3802 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3803 static void push_decl_scope
PARAMS ((tree
));
3804 static void pop_decl_scope
PARAMS ((void));
3805 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3806 static inline int local_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3807 static inline int class_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3808 static void add_type_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int,
3810 static const char *type_tag
PARAMS ((tree
));
3811 static tree member_declared_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3813 static const char *decl_start_label
PARAMS ((tree
));
3815 static void gen_array_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3816 static void gen_set_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3818 static void gen_entry_point_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3820 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3821 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3822 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3823 static void gen_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3824 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3825 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3826 static void gen_formal_types_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3827 static void gen_subprogram_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3828 static void gen_variable_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3829 static void gen_label_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3830 static void gen_lexical_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3831 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3832 static void gen_field_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3833 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3834 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die
PARAMS ((const char *));
3835 static void gen_string_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3836 static void gen_inheritance_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3837 static void gen_member_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3838 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3839 static void gen_subroutine_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3840 static void gen_typedef_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3841 static void gen_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3842 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3843 static void gen_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3844 static void decls_for_scope
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3845 static int is_redundant_typedef
PARAMS ((tree
));
3846 static void gen_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3847 static unsigned lookup_filename
PARAMS ((const char *));
3848 static void init_file_table
PARAMS ((void));
3849 static void retry_incomplete_types
PARAMS ((void));
3850 static void gen_type_die_for_member
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3851 static void splice_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3852 static int file_info_cmp
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3853 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3854 const char *, const char *,
3855 const char *, unsigned));
3856 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
*,
3858 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3859 static void output_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
));
3860 static char *gen_internal_sym
PARAMS ((const char *));
3862 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3863 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3864 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3866 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3867 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3869 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3870 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3872 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3873 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3875 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3876 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3878 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3879 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3881 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3882 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3884 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3885 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3887 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3888 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3891 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3892 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3893 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3896 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3897 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3898 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3899 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3901 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3904 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3905 the section names themselves. */
3907 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3908 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3910 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3911 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3913 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3914 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3916 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3917 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3919 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3920 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3922 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3923 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3925 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3926 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3929 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3930 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3931 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3932 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3933 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3935 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3936 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3937 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3938 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3939 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3940 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3941 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3942 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3944 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3945 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3947 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3948 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3950 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3951 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3953 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3954 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3956 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3957 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3960 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3961 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3963 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3966 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func
)
3967 const char *(*func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3969 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3972 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3978 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3979 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3980 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3983 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3987 type_main_variant (type
)
3990 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3992 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3993 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3994 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3995 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3997 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3998 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3999 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4004 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4007 is_tagged_type (type
)
4010 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4012 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4013 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4016 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4019 dwarf_tag_name (tag
)
4024 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4025 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4026 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4027 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4028 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4029 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4030 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4031 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4032 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4033 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4034 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4035 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4036 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4037 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4039 return "DW_TAG_label";
4040 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4041 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4043 return "DW_TAG_member";
4044 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4045 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4046 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4047 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4048 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4049 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4050 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4051 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4052 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4053 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4054 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4055 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4056 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4057 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4058 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4059 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4060 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4061 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4062 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4063 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4064 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4065 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4066 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4067 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4068 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4069 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4070 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4071 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4073 return "DW_TAG_module";
4074 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4075 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4076 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4077 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4078 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4079 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4080 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4081 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4082 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4083 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4084 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4085 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4086 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4087 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4088 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4089 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4090 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4091 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4092 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4093 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4094 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4095 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4097 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4098 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4099 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4100 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4101 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4102 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4103 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4104 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4105 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4106 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4107 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4108 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4109 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4110 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4111 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4112 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4113 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4114 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4115 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4116 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4117 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4118 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4119 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4120 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4121 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4122 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4123 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4124 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4125 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4126 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4127 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4128 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4129 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4130 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4131 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4133 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4137 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4140 dwarf_attr_name (attr
)
4146 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4147 case DW_AT_location
:
4148 return "DW_AT_location";
4150 return "DW_AT_name";
4151 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4152 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4153 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4154 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4155 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4156 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4157 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4158 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4159 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4160 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4161 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4162 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4163 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4164 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4166 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4168 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4169 case DW_AT_language
:
4170 return "DW_AT_language";
4172 return "DW_AT_member";
4174 return "DW_AT_discr";
4175 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4176 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4177 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4178 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4180 return "DW_AT_import";
4181 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4182 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4183 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4184 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4185 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4186 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4187 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4188 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4189 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4190 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4191 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4192 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4194 return "DW_AT_inline";
4195 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4196 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4197 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4198 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4199 case DW_AT_producer
:
4200 return "DW_AT_producer";
4201 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4202 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4203 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4204 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4205 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4206 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4207 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4208 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4209 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4210 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4211 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4212 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4213 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4214 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4215 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4216 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4217 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4218 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4219 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4220 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4221 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4222 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4224 return "DW_AT_count";
4225 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4226 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4227 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4228 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4229 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4230 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4231 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4232 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4233 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4234 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4235 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4236 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4237 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4238 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4239 case DW_AT_external
:
4240 return "DW_AT_external";
4241 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4242 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4244 return "DW_AT_friend";
4245 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4246 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4247 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4248 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4249 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4250 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4251 case DW_AT_priority
:
4252 return "DW_AT_priority";
4254 return "DW_AT_segment";
4255 case DW_AT_specification
:
4256 return "DW_AT_specification";
4257 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4258 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4260 return "DW_AT_type";
4261 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4262 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4263 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4264 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4265 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4266 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4267 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4268 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4270 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4271 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4272 case DW_AT_associated
:
4273 return "DW_AT_associated";
4274 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4275 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4277 return "DW_AT_stride";
4278 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4279 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4280 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4281 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4282 case DW_AT_extension
:
4283 return "DW_AT_extension";
4285 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4286 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4287 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4288 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4289 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4290 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4291 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4292 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4293 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4295 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4296 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4297 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4298 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4299 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4300 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4301 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4302 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4303 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4304 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4305 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4306 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4307 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4308 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4309 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4310 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4311 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4312 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4313 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4314 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4315 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4316 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4318 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4319 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4320 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4321 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4322 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4323 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4324 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4325 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4326 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4327 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4328 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4329 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4330 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4331 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4333 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4334 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4337 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4341 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4344 dwarf_form_name (form
)
4350 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4351 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4352 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4353 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4354 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4356 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4358 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4360 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4361 case DW_FORM_string
:
4362 return "DW_FORM_string";
4364 return "DW_FORM_block";
4365 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4366 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4368 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4370 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4372 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4374 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4376 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4377 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4378 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4380 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4382 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4384 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4386 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4387 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4388 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4389 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4390 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4392 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4396 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4400 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc
)
4405 case DW_ATE_address
:
4406 return "DW_ATE_address";
4407 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4408 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4409 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4410 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4412 return "DW_ATE_float";
4414 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4415 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4416 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4417 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4418 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4419 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4420 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4422 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4427 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4428 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4429 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4430 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4434 decl_ultimate_origin (decl
)
4437 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4438 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4439 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4440 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4443 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4444 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4445 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4446 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4450 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4453 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4454 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4455 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4456 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4460 block_ultimate_origin (block
)
4463 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4465 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4466 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4467 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4468 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4471 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4476 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4480 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4481 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4482 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4484 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4490 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4491 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4495 decl_class_context (decl
)
4498 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4500 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4501 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4503 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4504 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4506 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4507 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4512 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4513 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4516 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
)
4520 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4522 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4523 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4527 static inline enum dw_val_class
4531 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4534 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4537 add_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
, flag
)
4539 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4542 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4544 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4545 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4546 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4547 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4548 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4551 static inline unsigned
4555 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4556 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4561 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4564 add_AT_int (die
, attr_kind
, int_val
)
4566 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4569 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4571 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4572 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4573 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4574 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4575 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4578 static inline long int
4582 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4583 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4588 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4591 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
, unsigned_val
)
4593 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4594 unsigned long unsigned_val
;
4596 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4598 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4599 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4600 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4601 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4602 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4605 static inline unsigned long
4609 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4610 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4615 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4618 add_AT_long_long (die
, attr_kind
, val_hi
, val_low
)
4620 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4621 unsigned long val_hi
;
4622 unsigned long val_low
;
4624 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4626 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4627 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4628 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4629 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4630 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4631 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4634 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4637 add_AT_float (die
, attr_kind
, length
, array
)
4639 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4643 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4645 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4646 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4647 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4648 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4649 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4650 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4653 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4656 debug_str_do_hash (x
)
4659 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4663 debug_str_eq (x1
, x2
)
4667 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4668 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4671 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4674 add_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
, str
)
4676 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4679 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4680 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4683 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4684 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4685 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4687 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4688 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4690 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4691 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4692 node
->str
= ggc_alloc_string (str
, -1);
4695 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4696 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4697 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4698 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4699 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4702 static inline const char *
4706 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4707 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4712 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4713 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4719 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4721 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4725 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4729 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4731 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4732 always better to put it inline. */
4733 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4734 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4736 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4737 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4739 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4740 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4741 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4743 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4744 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4745 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4747 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4753 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4756 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_die
)
4758 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4759 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
4761 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4763 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4764 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4765 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4766 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4767 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4768 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4771 static inline dw_die_ref
4775 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4776 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4785 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4786 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4792 set_AT_ref_external (a
, i
)
4796 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4797 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4802 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4805 add_AT_fde_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_fde
)
4807 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4810 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4812 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4813 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4814 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4815 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4816 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4819 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4822 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, loc
)
4824 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4825 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4827 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4829 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4830 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4831 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4832 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4833 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4836 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4840 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4841 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4847 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, loc_list
)
4849 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4850 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
4852 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4854 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4855 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4856 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4857 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4858 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4859 have_location_lists
= 1;
4862 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4866 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4867 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4872 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4875 add_AT_addr (die
, attr_kind
, addr
)
4877 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4880 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4882 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4883 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4884 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4885 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4886 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4893 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4894 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4899 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4902 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, attr_kind
, lbl_id
)
4904 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4907 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4909 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4910 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4911 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4912 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4913 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4916 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4919 add_AT_lbl_offset (die
, attr_kind
, label
)
4921 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4924 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4926 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4927 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4928 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4929 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4930 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4933 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4936 add_AT_offset (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4938 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4939 unsigned long offset
;
4941 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4943 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4944 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4945 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4946 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4947 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4950 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4953 add_AT_range_list (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4955 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4956 unsigned long offset
;
4958 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4960 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4961 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4962 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4963 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4964 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4967 static inline const char *
4971 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4972 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4973 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4978 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4980 static inline dw_attr_ref
4981 get_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4983 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4986 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4990 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4991 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4993 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4994 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4998 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5004 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5005 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5006 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5008 static inline const char *
5012 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5014 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5017 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5018 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5019 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5021 static inline const char *
5025 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5027 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5030 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5031 NULL if it is not present. */
5033 static inline const char *
5034 get_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
)
5036 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5038 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5040 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5043 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5044 if it is not present. */
5047 get_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
)
5049 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5051 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5053 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5056 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5057 if it is not present. */
5059 static inline unsigned
5060 get_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
)
5062 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5064 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5066 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5069 static inline dw_die_ref
5070 get_AT_ref (die
, attr_kind
)
5072 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5074 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5076 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5082 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5084 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
5085 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5091 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
5092 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5098 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5100 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
);
5106 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5108 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Java
);
5111 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5113 static inline void free_AT
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
5118 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5119 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5120 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5123 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5126 remove_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
5128 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5131 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5135 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5136 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5139 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5148 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5154 remove_children (die
);
5157 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5160 remove_children (die
)
5163 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5165 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5167 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5169 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5172 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5174 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5176 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5178 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5186 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5187 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5190 add_child_die (die
, child_die
)
5192 dw_die_ref child_die
;
5194 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5196 if (die
== child_die
)
5199 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5200 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5201 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5205 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5206 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5209 splice_child_die (parent
, child
)
5210 dw_die_ref parent
, child
;
5214 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5215 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5216 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5218 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5224 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5225 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5228 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5231 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5235 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5236 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5239 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5241 static inline dw_die_ref
5242 new_die (tag_value
, parent_die
, t
)
5243 enum dwarf_tag tag_value
;
5244 dw_die_ref parent_die
;
5247 dw_die_ref die
= (dw_die_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5249 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5251 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5252 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5255 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5257 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5258 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5259 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5260 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5261 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5267 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5269 static inline dw_die_ref
5270 lookup_type_die (type
)
5273 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5276 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5279 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
)
5281 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5283 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5286 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5288 static inline dw_die_ref
5289 lookup_decl_die (decl
)
5292 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5294 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5297 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5300 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
)
5302 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
5304 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5305 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5307 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5310 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5311 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5312 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5314 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5315 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5317 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5318 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5319 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5322 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5323 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5325 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5328 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5329 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5330 the DIE internal representation. */
5331 static int print_indent
;
5333 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5336 print_spaces (outfile
)
5339 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5342 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5343 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5346 print_die (die
, outfile
)
5353 print_spaces (outfile
);
5354 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5355 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5356 print_spaces (outfile
);
5357 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5358 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5360 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5362 print_spaces (outfile
);
5363 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5365 switch (AT_class (a
))
5367 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5368 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5370 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5371 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5373 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5374 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5376 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5377 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5378 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5380 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5381 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5383 case dw_val_class_const
:
5384 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5386 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5387 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5389 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5390 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5391 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5392 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5394 case dw_val_class_float
:
5395 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5397 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5398 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5400 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5401 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5403 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5404 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5406 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5409 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5411 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5412 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5413 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5415 case dw_val_class_str
:
5416 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5417 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5419 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5425 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5428 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5431 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5432 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5436 if (print_indent
== 0)
5437 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5440 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5441 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5444 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile
)
5448 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5450 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5451 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5453 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5454 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5455 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s", file_table
.table
[line_info
->dw_file_num
]);
5456 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5457 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5460 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5463 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5466 debug_dwarf_die (die
)
5469 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5472 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5473 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5479 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5480 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5481 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5484 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5485 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5486 they are in order of addition. */
5489 reverse_die_lists (die
)
5492 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5493 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5495 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5497 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5498 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5504 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5511 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5514 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5515 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5516 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5517 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5518 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5521 reverse_all_dies (die
)
5526 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5528 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5529 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5532 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5533 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5534 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5537 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit
, bincl_die
)
5538 dw_die_ref old_unit
, bincl_die
;
5540 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5541 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5543 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5547 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5550 pop_compile_unit (old_unit
)
5551 dw_die_ref old_unit
;
5553 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5555 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5559 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5560 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5562 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5565 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
)
5566 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5567 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5569 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5570 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5571 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5574 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5577 attr_checksum (at
, ctx
, mark
)
5579 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5582 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5585 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5587 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5588 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5589 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5590 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5591 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5594 switch (AT_class (at
))
5596 case dw_val_class_const
:
5597 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5599 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5600 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5602 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5603 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5605 case dw_val_class_float
:
5606 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5608 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5609 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5611 case dw_val_class_str
:
5612 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5615 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5617 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5620 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5628 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5629 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5632 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5633 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5634 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5637 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5638 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5641 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5642 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5643 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5651 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5654 die_checksum (die
, ctx
, mark
)
5656 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5662 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5665 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5668 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5670 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5672 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5673 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5675 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5676 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5680 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5682 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5684 same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
)
5685 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
;
5686 dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
;
5689 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5690 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5691 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5694 /* Do the values look the same? */
5696 same_dw_val_p (v1
, v2
, mark
)
5701 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5705 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5708 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5710 case dw_val_class_const
:
5711 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5712 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5713 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5714 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5715 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5716 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5717 case dw_val_class_float
:
5718 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5720 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5721 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5724 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5725 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5726 case dw_val_class_str
:
5727 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5729 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5730 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5731 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5732 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5734 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5737 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5743 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5744 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5746 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5747 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5749 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5750 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5752 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5754 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5755 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5757 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5758 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5759 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5767 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5770 same_attr_p (at1
, at2
, mark
)
5775 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5778 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5779 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5780 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5781 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5782 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5785 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5788 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5791 same_die_p (die1
, die2
, mark
)
5799 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5801 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5802 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5804 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5807 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5809 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5810 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5815 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5817 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5818 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5826 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5829 same_die_p_wrap (die1
, die2
)
5834 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5836 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5837 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5842 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5844 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5846 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5847 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5849 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5850 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5853 compute_section_prefix (unit_die
)
5854 dw_die_ref unit_die
;
5856 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5857 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5858 char *name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5861 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5864 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5865 the name filename of the unit. */
5867 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5869 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5870 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5871 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5873 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5874 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5876 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5877 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5879 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5883 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5884 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5887 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5893 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5895 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5896 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5897 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5898 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5899 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5900 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5901 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5902 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5903 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5904 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5905 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5906 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5907 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5908 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5909 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5910 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5911 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5912 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5919 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5920 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5921 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5922 compilations (functions). */
5928 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5929 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5930 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5931 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5933 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5936 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5937 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5938 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5939 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5941 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5943 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5946 return is_type_die (c
);
5949 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5950 compilation unit. */
5956 return (is_type_die (c
)
5957 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5958 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5962 gen_internal_sym (prefix
)
5966 static int label_num
;
5968 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5969 return xstrdup (buf
);
5972 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5975 assign_symbol_names (die
)
5980 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5982 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5984 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5986 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5987 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5988 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5991 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5994 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5995 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5998 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6001 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6002 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6005 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6010 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6012 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6016 htab_cu_eq (of1
, of2
)
6020 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6021 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6023 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6030 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6040 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6043 check_duplicate_cu (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6048 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6049 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6051 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6053 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6054 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6058 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6060 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6066 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6070 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
6072 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6073 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6079 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6081 record_comdat_symbol_number (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6086 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6088 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6089 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6093 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6096 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6097 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6098 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6101 break_out_includes (die
)
6105 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6106 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6107 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6109 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
6111 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
6113 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6114 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6116 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6119 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6121 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6124 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6126 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6130 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6134 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6135 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
6141 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6142 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6147 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6148 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6149 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6155 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6156 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6157 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6158 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6160 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6163 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6164 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6165 comdat_symbol_number
);
6168 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6171 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6172 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6173 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6176 add_sibling_attributes (die
)
6181 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6182 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6183 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6184 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6186 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6187 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6190 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6193 output_location_lists (die
)
6199 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6200 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6201 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6203 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6204 output_location_lists (c
);
6208 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6209 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6210 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6211 die are visited recursively. */
6214 build_abbrev_table (die
)
6217 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6218 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6220 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6222 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6223 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6224 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6225 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6226 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6228 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6231 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6234 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6236 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6238 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6240 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6242 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6243 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6245 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6247 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6248 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6251 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6252 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6255 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6261 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6263 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6265 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6266 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6267 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6269 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6270 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6271 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6274 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6275 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6278 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6279 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6280 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6283 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6286 constant_size (value
)
6287 long unsigned value
;
6294 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6297 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6302 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6303 .debug_info section. */
6305 static unsigned long
6309 unsigned long size
= 0;
6312 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6313 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6315 switch (AT_class (a
))
6317 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6318 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6320 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6321 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6323 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6325 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6328 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6332 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6333 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6335 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6336 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6338 case dw_val_class_const
:
6339 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6341 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6342 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6344 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6345 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6347 case dw_val_class_float
:
6348 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6350 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6353 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6354 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6356 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6357 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6359 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6360 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6362 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6363 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6365 case dw_val_class_str
:
6366 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6367 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6369 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6379 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6380 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6381 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6382 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6385 calc_die_sizes (die
)
6390 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6391 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6393 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6396 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6397 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6398 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6401 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6402 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6403 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6404 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6416 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6420 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6432 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6436 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6439 unmark_all_dies (die
)
6449 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6450 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6452 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6453 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6454 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6457 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6458 compilation unit. */
6460 static unsigned long
6466 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6467 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6469 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6470 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6473 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6477 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6479 static unsigned long
6484 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6486 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6487 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6488 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6490 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6491 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6495 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6497 static enum dwarf_form
6501 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6503 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6504 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6505 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6506 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6507 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6508 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6509 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6510 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6512 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6513 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6514 .debug_loc section */
6515 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6516 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6517 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6520 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6522 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6526 case dw_val_class_const
:
6527 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6528 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6529 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6532 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6534 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6536 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6538 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6542 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6543 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6544 case dw_val_class_float
:
6545 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6546 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6547 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6548 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6549 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6550 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6553 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6554 return DW_FORM_data
;
6555 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6556 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6557 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6558 return DW_FORM_data
;
6559 case dw_val_class_str
:
6560 return AT_string_form (a
);
6567 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6570 output_value_format (a
)
6573 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6575 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6578 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6582 output_abbrev_section ()
6584 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6588 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6590 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6592 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6593 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6594 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6596 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6597 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6599 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6601 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6602 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6604 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6605 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6606 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6609 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6613 /* Terminate the table. */
6614 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6617 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6620 output_die_symbol (die
)
6623 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6628 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6629 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6630 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6632 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6634 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6637 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6638 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6639 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6641 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6642 new_loc_list (expr
, begin
, end
, section
, gensym
)
6643 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
6646 const char *section
;
6649 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6651 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6653 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6654 retlist
->section
= section
;
6656 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6661 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6664 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head
, descr
, begin
, end
, section
)
6665 dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
;
6666 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
6669 const char *section
;
6673 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6674 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6677 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6678 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6681 /* Output the location list given to us */
6684 output_loc_list (list_head
)
6685 dw_loc_list_ref list_head
;
6687 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6689 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6691 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6692 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6693 in more than one section. */
6694 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6696 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6697 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6698 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6699 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6700 "Location list base address specifier base");
6703 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6707 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6708 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6709 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6710 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6711 "Location list end address (%s)",
6712 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6713 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6715 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6718 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6720 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6723 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6724 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6725 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6726 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6727 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6728 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6731 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6732 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6742 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6743 them to point to. */
6744 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6745 output_die_symbol (die
);
6747 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6748 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6750 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6752 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6754 switch (AT_class (a
))
6756 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6757 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6760 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6761 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6765 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6767 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6769 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6770 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6776 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6777 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6779 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6780 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6782 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6785 case dw_val_class_const
:
6786 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6787 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6788 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6789 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6792 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6793 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6794 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6797 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6799 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6801 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6802 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6805 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6807 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6808 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6812 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6813 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6816 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6817 first
, "long long constant");
6818 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6823 case dw_val_class_float
:
6827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6830 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6831 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6832 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6836 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6837 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6840 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6842 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6846 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6847 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6851 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6852 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6854 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6858 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6860 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6863 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6867 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6871 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6872 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6873 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6877 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6878 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6881 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6882 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6885 case dw_val_class_str
:
6886 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6887 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6888 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6889 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6891 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6899 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6902 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6903 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6904 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6908 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6909 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6912 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6914 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6915 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6916 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6917 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6918 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6919 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6922 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6925 output_comp_unit (die
, output_if_empty
)
6927 int output_if_empty
;
6929 const char *secname
;
6932 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6933 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6936 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6937 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6938 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6939 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6940 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6943 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6945 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6946 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6947 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6949 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6952 tmp
= (char *) alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6954 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6956 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6959 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6961 /* Output debugging information. */
6962 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6963 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6966 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6971 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6975 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6976 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6977 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6980 dwarf2_name (decl
, scope
)
6984 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6987 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6990 add_pubname (decl
, die
)
6996 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6999 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
7001 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7003 = (pubname_ref
) ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
7004 (pubname_table_allocated
7005 * sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
7006 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
7007 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
7010 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
7012 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7015 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7016 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7017 visible procedures. */
7023 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
7025 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7026 "Length of Public Names Info");
7027 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7028 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7029 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7030 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7031 "Compilation Unit Length");
7033 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
7035 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
7037 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7038 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
7041 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7044 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7047 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7050 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7053 add_arange (decl
, die
)
7057 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7060 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7062 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7063 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7064 (arange_table_allocated
7065 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7066 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7067 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7070 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7073 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7074 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7075 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7081 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7083 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7084 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7085 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7086 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7087 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7088 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7089 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7091 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7092 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7094 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7096 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7097 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7098 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7099 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7102 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7103 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7104 text_section_label
, "Length");
7106 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7108 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7110 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7111 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
7114 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7116 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7118 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7119 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7123 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7124 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7125 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7126 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7127 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7129 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
7133 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
7136 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7137 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7138 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7139 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7144 /* Output the terminator words. */
7145 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7146 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7149 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7156 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7158 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7160 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7161 ranges_table
= (dw_ranges_ref
)
7162 ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7163 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7164 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7165 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7168 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7169 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7171 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7178 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7179 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7181 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7183 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7187 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7188 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7190 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7191 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7193 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7194 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7195 base of the text section. */
7196 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7198 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7200 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7201 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7202 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7205 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7206 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7207 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7208 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7211 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7212 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7213 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7220 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7221 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7227 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7230 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7231 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7232 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7233 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7234 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7237 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7241 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7242 int length
; /* Path length. */
7243 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7244 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7245 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7246 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7249 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7250 the directories in the path. */
7253 file_info_cmp (p1
, p2
)
7257 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7258 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7262 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7263 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7264 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7265 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7266 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7267 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7268 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7270 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7271 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7277 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7278 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7279 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7280 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7281 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7283 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7284 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7289 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7290 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7291 slowdowns with many input files. */
7294 output_file_names ()
7296 struct file_info
*files
;
7297 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7306 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7307 files
= (struct file_info
*) alloca (file_table
.in_use
7308 * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7309 dirs
= (struct dir_info
*) alloca (file_table
.in_use
7310 * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7312 /* Sort the file names. */
7313 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
7317 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7318 f
= file_table
.table
[i
];
7319 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7322 /* Create a new array entry. */
7324 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7325 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7327 /* Search for the file name part. */
7328 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7329 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7332 qsort (files
+ 1, file_table
.in_use
- 1, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7334 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7335 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7336 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7337 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7339 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7341 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7344 for (i
= 2; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
7345 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7346 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7347 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7349 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7350 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7351 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7357 /* This is a new directory. */
7358 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7359 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7360 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7361 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7362 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7363 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7365 /* Search for a prefix. */
7366 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7367 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7368 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7369 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7370 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7371 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7372 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7373 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7378 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7379 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7380 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7381 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7382 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7383 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7384 saved
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7385 savehere
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7387 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7388 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7393 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7394 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7395 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7396 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7398 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7401 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7403 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7408 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= i
)
7413 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7414 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7416 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7417 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7422 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7424 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7426 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7427 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7428 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7430 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7431 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7433 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7434 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7439 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7440 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7441 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7442 backmap
= (int *) alloca (file_table
.in_use
* sizeof (int));
7443 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
7445 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7447 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7448 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7451 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7452 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7453 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7454 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7455 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7457 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7458 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7459 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7461 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7462 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7463 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7466 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7468 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7470 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7473 /* Now write all the file names. */
7474 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
7476 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7477 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7479 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7480 "File Entry: 0x%x", i
);
7482 /* Include directory index. */
7483 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7485 /* Modification time. */
7486 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7488 /* File length in bytes. */
7489 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7492 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7496 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7497 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7502 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7503 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7504 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7507 unsigned long lt_index
;
7508 unsigned long current_line
;
7511 unsigned long current_file
;
7512 unsigned long function
;
7514 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7515 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7516 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7517 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7519 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7520 "Length of Source Line Info");
7521 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7523 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7524 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7525 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7527 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7528 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7529 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7530 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7531 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7532 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7533 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7534 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7536 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7538 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7539 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7540 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7541 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7542 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7543 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7544 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7545 "Special Opcode Base");
7547 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7551 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7552 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7553 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7554 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7555 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7563 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7567 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7568 output_file_names ();
7569 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7571 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7572 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7573 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7575 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7576 a series of state machine operations. */
7579 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7580 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7582 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7585 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7586 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7589 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7590 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7591 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7592 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7593 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7597 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7599 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7600 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7601 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7602 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7603 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7604 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7606 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7609 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7611 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7612 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7616 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7617 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7619 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7620 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7621 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7624 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7626 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7627 different from the previous line. */
7628 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7630 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7631 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7632 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7633 file_table
.table
[current_file
]);
7636 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7637 that uses the least amount of space. */
7638 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7640 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7641 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7642 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7643 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7644 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7645 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7647 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7648 "line %lu", current_line
);
7651 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7652 depending on the value being encoded. */
7653 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7654 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7655 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7656 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7660 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7661 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7664 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7667 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7668 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7669 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7673 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7674 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7676 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7679 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7680 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7681 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7686 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7688 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7689 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7692 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7693 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7694 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7695 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7699 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7700 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7701 to handle it differently. */
7702 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7704 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7706 function
= line_info
->function
;
7708 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7709 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7710 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7711 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7712 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7716 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7719 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7720 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7721 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7725 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7726 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7727 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7728 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7732 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7734 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7735 different from the previous line. */
7736 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7738 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7739 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7740 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7741 file_table
.table
[current_file
]);
7744 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7745 that uses the least amount of space. */
7746 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7748 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7749 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7750 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7751 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7753 "line %lu", current_line
);
7756 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7757 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7758 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7759 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7763 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7771 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7772 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7773 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7778 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7779 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7783 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7784 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7789 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7791 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7794 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7796 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7797 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7801 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7802 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7805 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7806 a DIE that describes the given type.
7808 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7809 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7812 base_type_die (type
)
7815 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7816 const char *type_name
;
7817 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7818 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7820 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7825 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7826 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7828 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7831 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7833 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7836 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7837 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7838 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7840 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7841 && (type
== char_type_node
7842 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7843 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7845 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7846 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7848 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7851 /* else fall through. */
7854 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7855 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7856 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7858 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7862 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7865 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7866 a user defined type for it. */
7868 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7869 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7871 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7875 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7876 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7880 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7884 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7885 if (demangle_name_func
)
7886 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7888 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7889 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7890 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7891 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7893 return base_type_result
;
7896 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7897 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7898 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7899 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7900 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7901 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7902 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7903 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7909 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7910 return error_mark_node
;
7912 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7915 return error_mark_node
;
7918 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7919 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7922 return type_main_variant (type
);
7926 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7927 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7933 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7948 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7953 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7967 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7968 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7969 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7970 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7973 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7974 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
)
7978 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7979 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7980 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
7982 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
7983 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
7985 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
7988 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7989 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7992 modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
, context_die
)
7995 int is_volatile_type
;
7996 dw_die_ref context_die
;
7998 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7999 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
8000 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8001 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8003 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
8005 tree qualified_type
;
8007 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8010 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8011 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8013 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8015 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8018 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8020 return mod_type_die
;
8023 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8024 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
8025 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
8026 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
8028 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
8029 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
8031 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8033 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8034 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8035 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8037 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8038 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
8039 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8040 type to which it refers. */
8042 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
8043 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8046 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8052 else if (is_const_type
)
8054 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8055 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8057 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8059 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8060 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8062 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8064 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8065 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8066 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8068 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8070 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8072 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8074 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8075 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8076 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8078 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8080 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8082 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8083 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8086 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8088 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8089 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8090 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8091 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8092 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8094 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8095 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8097 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8098 not the main variant. */
8099 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8100 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
8104 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8105 type
= qualified_type
;
8109 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
8111 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8112 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8113 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8114 types are possible in Ada. */
8115 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8116 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8117 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8120 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8121 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8123 return mod_type_die
;
8126 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8127 an enumerated type. */
8133 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8136 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8142 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8144 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8147 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8150 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8151 zero if there is no such. */
8153 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8154 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8157 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8160 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8163 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8165 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ reg
, 0, 0);
8167 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, reg
, 0);
8172 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8174 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8175 int_loc_descriptor (i
)
8178 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8180 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8181 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8185 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8188 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8190 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8200 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8202 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8203 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8209 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8212 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8214 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8215 based_loc_descr (reg
, offset
)
8219 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8220 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8221 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8223 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8224 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8225 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8228 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8230 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8232 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8237 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8243 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8244 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8245 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8246 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8249 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8250 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8251 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8252 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8254 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8255 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8256 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8257 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8259 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8260 autoincrement addressing modes.
8262 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8264 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8265 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
)
8267 enum machine_mode mode
;
8269 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8271 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8272 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8273 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8274 zeroth element of the array. */
8276 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
8277 rtl
= ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl
);
8280 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8285 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8286 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8288 /* ... fall through ... */
8291 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8292 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8293 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8294 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8295 contains the given subreg. */
8296 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8298 /* ... fall through ... */
8301 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8302 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8303 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8304 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8305 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8306 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8307 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8308 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8309 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8310 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8311 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8312 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8313 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8314 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8315 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8319 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8320 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8321 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8325 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8326 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8330 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8331 by a different symbol. */
8332 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8335 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8337 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8340 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8341 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8346 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8347 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8348 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8349 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8354 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8355 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8356 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8357 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8361 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8363 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8368 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8370 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8371 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8372 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8373 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8375 /* ... fall through ... */
8379 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8380 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8381 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8384 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8385 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8388 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8389 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8390 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8391 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8392 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8395 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8396 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8397 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8398 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8405 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8406 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8407 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8408 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8410 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8413 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8414 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8415 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8420 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8424 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8426 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8427 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8435 return mem_loc_result
;
8438 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8439 This is typically a complex variable. */
8441 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8442 concat_loc_descriptor (x0
, x1
)
8445 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8446 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8447 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8449 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8452 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8453 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8454 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8455 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8457 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8458 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8459 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8460 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8462 return cc_loc_result
;
8465 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8466 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8467 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8468 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8469 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8471 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8473 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8474 loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8477 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8479 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8482 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8483 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8484 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8485 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8486 contains the given subreg. */
8487 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8489 /* ... fall through ... */
8492 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8496 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8500 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8510 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8511 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8512 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8513 descriptor, return 0. */
8515 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8516 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc
, addressp
)
8520 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8522 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8523 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8525 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8526 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8529 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8534 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8535 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8536 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8537 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8538 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8539 the names of types. */
8546 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8547 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8548 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8549 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8550 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8551 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8552 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8553 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8556 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8557 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8561 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8565 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8566 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8570 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8571 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8572 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8575 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8576 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8579 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8581 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8582 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8585 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8586 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8587 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8589 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8590 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8599 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8601 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8603 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8605 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8606 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8607 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8612 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8614 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8617 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8620 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8626 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8631 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8635 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8636 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8638 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8643 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8646 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8647 enum machine_mode mode
;
8650 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8651 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8656 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8658 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8661 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8663 /* Variable offset. */
8664 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8665 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8671 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8673 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8674 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8676 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8677 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8683 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8684 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8689 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8690 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8695 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8701 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8706 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8714 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8727 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8731 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8732 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8734 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8738 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8739 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8740 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8750 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8757 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8764 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8771 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8786 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8787 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8788 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8791 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8792 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8795 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8809 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8813 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8817 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8818 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8819 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8820 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8822 /* ... fall through ... */
8826 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8827 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8828 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8829 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8830 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8832 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8833 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8836 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8837 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8839 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8840 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8841 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8843 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8844 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8845 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8847 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8848 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8849 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8850 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8851 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8859 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8860 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8863 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8864 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8866 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8868 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8870 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8873 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8875 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8881 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8882 which is not less than the value itself. */
8884 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8885 ceiling (value
, boundary
)
8886 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
8887 unsigned int boundary
;
8889 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8892 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8893 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8894 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8903 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8904 return integer_type_node
;
8906 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8907 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8908 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8913 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8914 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8915 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8917 static inline unsigned
8918 simple_type_align_in_bits (type
)
8921 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8924 static inline unsigned
8925 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
)
8928 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8931 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8932 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8933 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8934 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8935 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8938 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8939 field_byte_offset (decl
)
8942 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8943 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8944 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8945 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8947 tree field_size_tree
;
8948 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8949 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8950 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8952 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8954 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8957 type
= field_type (decl
);
8958 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8960 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8961 a flexible array member. */
8962 if (! field_size_tree
)
8963 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8965 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8966 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8967 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8968 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8971 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8973 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8974 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8975 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8977 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8979 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8980 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8981 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8983 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8984 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8985 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8986 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8987 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8988 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8989 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8990 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8992 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8994 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8995 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8996 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8997 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8998 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8999 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9000 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9001 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9002 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9003 bits of the bit-field itself.
9005 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9006 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9007 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9008 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9009 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9010 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9011 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9012 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9013 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9015 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9016 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9017 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9018 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9019 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9020 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9022 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9023 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9024 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9026 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9027 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9028 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9030 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9031 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9032 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9033 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9035 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9037 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9038 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9040 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9041 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9042 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9043 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9046 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9049 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9050 associated with them. */
9052 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9054 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9055 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9056 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9059 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr_kind
, descr
)
9061 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
9062 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9065 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9068 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9069 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9070 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9071 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9072 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9073 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9076 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9077 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9078 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9079 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9080 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9081 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9082 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9083 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9084 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9088 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, decl
)
9093 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9095 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9097 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9098 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9100 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9101 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9102 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9103 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9105 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9107 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9109 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9111 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9112 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9113 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9115 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9116 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9117 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9119 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9120 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9124 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9125 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9126 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9127 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9129 /* Extract the offset. */
9130 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9131 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9133 /* Add it to the object address. */
9134 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9135 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9138 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9141 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9145 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9147 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9148 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9149 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9151 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9152 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9153 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9157 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9160 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9163 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9166 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9167 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9168 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9169 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9170 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9173 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
)
9177 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9180 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9181 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9182 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9183 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9184 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9186 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9188 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9189 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
9190 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
9191 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
9192 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
9195 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9196 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9197 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
9206 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9207 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9208 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9209 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9211 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9213 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9215 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9216 long *array
= (long *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9219 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9223 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv
, array
[0]);
9227 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9232 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9239 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9243 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9244 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9247 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9248 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9254 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9260 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9261 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9265 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9266 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9267 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9268 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9269 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9270 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9271 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9272 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9273 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9274 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9275 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9279 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9286 rtl_for_decl_location (decl
)
9291 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9292 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9293 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9295 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9296 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9297 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9298 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9299 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9300 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9301 referenced within the function.
9303 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9304 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9305 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9306 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9308 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9309 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9310 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9311 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9312 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9313 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9315 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9316 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9317 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9318 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9319 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9320 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9321 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9322 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9323 output at debug-time.
9325 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9326 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9327 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9328 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9329 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9330 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9331 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9332 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9333 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9334 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9335 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9336 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9337 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9339 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9340 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9341 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9342 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9343 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9344 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9345 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9346 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9349 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9350 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9351 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9352 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9353 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9354 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9355 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9356 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9357 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9358 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9359 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9360 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9361 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9364 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9365 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9367 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9368 constants and symbols living in memory. */
9369 if (! reload_completed
)
9372 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9373 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9374 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))))
9376 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
9377 rtl
= ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl
);
9383 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9385 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9387 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9388 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9390 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9391 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9392 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9393 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9394 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9395 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9396 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9397 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9398 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9399 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9402 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9403 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9404 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9405 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9406 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9407 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9409 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9410 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9411 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9412 /* Not passed in memory. */
9413 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9414 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9415 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9416 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9417 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9418 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9419 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9422 /* Big endian correction check. */
9424 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9425 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9428 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9429 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9431 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9432 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9436 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9438 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9439 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9440 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9441 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9445 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9446 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9447 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9448 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9450 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9451 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9452 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9453 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9455 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9456 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9457 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9458 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9459 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9461 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9463 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9464 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9465 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9466 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9467 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9468 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9470 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9471 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9472 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9473 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9474 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9476 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9477 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9478 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9479 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9484 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
9486 rtl
= ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl
);
9489 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9490 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9491 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9493 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9498 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
9499 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9500 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9501 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9502 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9503 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9504 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9505 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9506 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9507 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9510 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
)
9515 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9517 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9519 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9522 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9523 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9526 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9529 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9530 don't emit anything. */
9540 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9541 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9545 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9547 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9548 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9549 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9550 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9551 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9558 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9560 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9568 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9569 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9570 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9573 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
)
9577 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9578 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9580 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9581 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9586 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9589 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9590 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9591 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9593 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9594 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9595 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9602 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9603 the value of the attribute. */
9606 add_name_attribute (die
, name_string
)
9608 const char *name_string
;
9610 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9612 if (demangle_name_func
)
9613 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9615 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9619 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9620 a representation for that bound. */
9623 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
)
9624 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9625 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
;
9628 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9633 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9635 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9636 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9637 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9638 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9639 /* use the default */
9642 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9647 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9648 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9649 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9653 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9654 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9655 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9656 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9657 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9658 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9659 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9660 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9661 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9662 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9663 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9664 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9665 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9666 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9667 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9668 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9669 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9670 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9672 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9673 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9674 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9675 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9676 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9678 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9679 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9680 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9682 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9683 it references an outer function's frame. */
9684 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9686 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9688 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9689 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9692 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9693 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9694 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9695 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9696 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9699 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9705 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9707 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9708 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9709 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9710 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9712 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9713 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9719 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9720 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9722 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9723 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9725 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9729 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9730 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9732 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9734 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9735 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9736 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9737 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9738 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9740 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9741 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9743 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9744 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9745 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9746 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9748 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9754 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9755 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9758 add_subscript_info (type_die
, type
)
9759 dw_die_ref type_die
;
9762 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9763 unsigned dimension_number
;
9766 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9768 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9769 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9770 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9771 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9772 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9773 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9774 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9775 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9777 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9778 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9779 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9780 gen_array_type_die. */
9781 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9782 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9783 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9784 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9787 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9789 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9790 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9792 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9795 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9796 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9797 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9799 /* define the index type. */
9800 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9802 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9803 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9804 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9805 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9806 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9807 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9808 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9811 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9815 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9816 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9818 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9819 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9820 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9822 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9824 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9827 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9828 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9834 add_byte_size_attribute (die
, tree_node
)
9840 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9848 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9849 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9852 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9853 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9854 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9855 even for bit-fields. */
9856 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9862 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9863 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9864 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9865 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9866 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9869 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9870 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9871 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9874 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9875 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9876 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9877 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9878 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9879 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9881 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9882 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9883 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9886 add_bit_offset_attribute (die
, decl
)
9890 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9891 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9892 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9893 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9894 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9895 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9897 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9899 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9902 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9903 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9904 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9905 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9906 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9909 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9911 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9912 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9913 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9914 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9915 below must take account of these differences. */
9916 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9917 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9919 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9921 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9922 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9926 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9927 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9928 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9930 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9933 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9934 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9937 add_bit_size_attribute (die
, decl
)
9941 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9942 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9943 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9946 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9947 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9950 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9951 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9954 add_prototyped_attribute (die
, func_type
)
9958 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9959 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9960 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9963 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9964 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9968 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die
, origin
)
9972 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9974 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9976 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9977 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9978 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9980 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9981 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9985 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9987 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9989 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9992 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9993 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9994 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9995 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9997 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
10000 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10003 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10006 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die
, func_decl
)
10010 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10012 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10014 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10015 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10016 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10017 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10020 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10021 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10022 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10023 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10027 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10030 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10034 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10036 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10037 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10040 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10041 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10044 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10050 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10051 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10053 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10054 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10055 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10057 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10058 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10059 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10060 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10061 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10062 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10065 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10066 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10067 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10068 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10070 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10071 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10072 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10077 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10080 push_decl_scope (scope
)
10083 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10086 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10091 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10094 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10097 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10098 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10099 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10100 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10101 the current active scope. */
10104 scope_die_for (t
, context_die
)
10106 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10108 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10109 tree containing_scope
;
10112 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10116 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10118 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
10119 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10120 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10122 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10123 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10124 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10125 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10126 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10128 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10129 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10130 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10132 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10133 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10134 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10135 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10136 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10141 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10142 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10145 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10146 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10149 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10152 scope_die
= context_die
;
10157 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10160 local_scope_p (context_die
)
10161 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10163 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10164 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10165 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10171 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10174 class_scope_p (context_die
)
10175 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10177 return (context_die
10178 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10179 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
10182 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10183 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10184 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10187 add_type_attribute (object_die
, type
, decl_const
, decl_volatile
, context_die
)
10188 dw_die_ref object_die
;
10192 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10194 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10195 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10197 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10198 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10199 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10200 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10201 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10202 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10203 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10205 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10206 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10207 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10208 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10209 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10212 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10213 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10214 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10217 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10218 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10221 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10222 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10223 was declared without a tag. */
10225 static const char *
10229 const char *name
= 0;
10231 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10235 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10236 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10237 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10239 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10240 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10242 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10243 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10244 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10246 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10248 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10251 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10254 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10255 for bit field types. */
10258 member_declared_type (member
)
10261 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10262 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10265 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10266 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10269 static const char *
10270 decl_start_label (decl
)
10274 const char *fnname
;
10276 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10277 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10281 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10284 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10289 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10290 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10291 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10294 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10296 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10298 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10299 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10302 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10303 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10304 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10305 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10306 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10309 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10310 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10311 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10313 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10315 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10316 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10317 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10318 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10322 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10323 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10324 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10325 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10326 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10327 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10328 for multidimensional arrays. */
10329 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10332 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10333 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10334 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10335 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10336 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10339 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10341 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10342 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10344 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10345 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10346 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10347 add_subscript_info. */
10348 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10349 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10350 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10352 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10355 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10359 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10361 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10363 dw_die_ref type_die
10364 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10366 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10367 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10372 gen_entry_point_die (decl
, context_die
)
10374 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10376 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10377 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10379 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10380 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10383 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10384 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10385 0, 0, context_die
);
10388 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10389 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10391 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10395 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10396 emit full debugging info for them. */
10399 retry_incomplete_types ()
10403 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10404 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10407 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10410 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10412 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10414 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10416 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10417 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10418 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10421 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10424 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10426 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10428 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10430 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10431 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10432 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10435 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10438 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10440 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10442 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10444 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10445 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10446 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10449 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10450 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10451 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10455 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10457 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10459 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10461 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10463 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10464 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10465 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10466 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10468 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10471 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10473 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10474 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10475 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10476 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10480 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10481 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10482 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10483 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10485 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10486 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10487 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10488 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10490 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10491 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10493 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10495 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10496 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10498 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0))
10500 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10501 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10502 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10504 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10505 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10510 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10513 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10514 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10517 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10518 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10519 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10520 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10521 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10522 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10523 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10524 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10527 gen_formal_parameter_die (node
, context_die
)
10529 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10531 dw_die_ref parm_die
10532 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10535 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10538 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10539 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10540 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10543 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10544 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10545 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10546 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10548 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10549 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10552 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10553 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10554 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10559 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10560 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10570 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10571 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10574 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type
, context_die
)
10576 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10578 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10581 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10582 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10583 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10584 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10587 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
)
10588 tree function_or_method_type
;
10589 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10592 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10593 tree first_parm_type
;
10596 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10598 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10599 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10604 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10606 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10607 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10608 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10610 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10612 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10613 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10616 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10617 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10618 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10619 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10620 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10621 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10623 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10625 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10628 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10629 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10630 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10631 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10633 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10634 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10635 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10636 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10637 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10638 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10641 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10642 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10643 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10644 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10645 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10648 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, member
, context_die
)
10650 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10652 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10654 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10655 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10656 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10657 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10659 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10662 push_decl_scope (type
);
10663 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10664 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10666 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10672 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10673 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10676 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
)
10679 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10682 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10684 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10685 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10687 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10688 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10689 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10692 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10693 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10694 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10696 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10698 gen_type_die_for_member
10699 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10702 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10703 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10704 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10706 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10707 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10708 if (! was_abstract
)
10709 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10711 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10714 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10718 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
)
10720 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10722 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10723 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10724 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10728 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10729 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10730 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10732 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10733 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10734 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10735 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10736 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10738 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10739 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10746 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10748 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10751 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10752 inline function. */
10753 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10754 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10756 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10757 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10761 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10763 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10764 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10765 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10766 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10767 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10769 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10770 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10771 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10772 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10773 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10779 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10780 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10781 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10782 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10783 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10784 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10785 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10786 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10787 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10788 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10789 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10790 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10792 subr_die
= old_die
;
10794 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10795 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10796 remove_children (subr_die
);
10800 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10801 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10802 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10803 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10804 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10805 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10807 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10812 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10814 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10815 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10817 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10818 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10820 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10821 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10822 0, 0, context_die
);
10825 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10826 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10827 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10829 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10830 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10831 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10832 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10837 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10839 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10841 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10842 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10843 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10844 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10845 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10846 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10849 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10851 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
10853 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10854 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10855 We can't get this completely correct because information
10856 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10858 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
10859 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10861 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10864 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10866 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10868 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10870 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10871 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10873 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10874 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10875 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10877 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10878 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10880 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10881 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10883 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10884 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10885 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10888 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10889 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10890 variables is relative to one of them. */
10892 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10893 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10896 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10897 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10898 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10899 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10900 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
10904 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10905 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10906 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10907 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10908 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10909 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10910 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10911 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10912 an ellipsis at the end. */
10914 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10915 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10916 its formal parameters. */
10917 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10919 else if (declaration
)
10920 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10923 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
10924 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10927 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10928 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10929 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10930 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10932 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10933 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10934 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10935 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10937 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10940 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10941 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10942 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10943 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10944 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10945 parameters at all. */
10946 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10947 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10949 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
10950 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10951 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10953 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10954 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10957 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10958 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10959 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10961 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10962 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10963 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10964 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10965 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10966 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10967 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10969 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10970 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10971 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10972 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10973 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10974 constructor function. */
10975 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10977 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10978 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10980 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10981 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10983 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10984 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10986 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10987 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10994 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10997 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
)
10999 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11001 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11002 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
11004 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11005 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
11006 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
11008 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11009 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
11011 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11012 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11014 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11015 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11018 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11019 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
11020 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
11022 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11023 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11024 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
11026 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
11028 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11029 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11031 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11032 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
11034 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
11035 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
11040 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
11041 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11042 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11044 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11045 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11047 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11048 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11050 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11051 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11052 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11053 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11057 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11059 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11060 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11062 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11064 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11065 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11068 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11071 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11074 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
)
11076 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11078 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11079 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11081 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11083 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11084 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11086 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11088 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11089 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11092 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
11094 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11095 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
11096 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11097 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11098 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
11099 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
11101 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11102 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11103 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11104 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11105 it if it ever does happen. */
11106 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
11109 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11110 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11115 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11118 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11120 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11123 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11124 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11126 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11128 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11132 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11134 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11137 add_ranges (chain
);
11138 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11145 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11146 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11147 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11148 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11149 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11150 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11154 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11157 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11160 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11162 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11165 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11167 dw_die_ref subr_die
11168 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11169 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11170 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11172 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
11173 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11175 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11176 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11177 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11178 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11179 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11180 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11181 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11182 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11183 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11186 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11187 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11188 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11189 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11190 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11191 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11192 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11193 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11194 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11195 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11196 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11198 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11201 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11204 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
)
11206 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11208 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11210 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11211 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11212 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11215 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11217 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11218 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11219 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11222 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11223 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11225 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11226 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11228 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11229 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11230 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11231 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11235 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11236 Use modified_type_die instead.
11237 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11238 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11241 gen_pointer_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11243 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11246 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11248 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11249 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11250 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11253 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11254 Use modified_type_die instead.
11255 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11256 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11259 gen_reference_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11261 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11264 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11266 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11267 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11268 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11272 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11275 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11277 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11280 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11281 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11283 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11284 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11285 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11286 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11289 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11292 gen_compile_unit_die (filename
)
11293 const char *filename
;
11296 char producer
[250];
11297 const char *wd
= getpwd ();
11298 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11301 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11302 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11304 if (wd
!= NULL
&& filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
11305 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
11307 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11309 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11310 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11311 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11312 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11313 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11314 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11315 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11316 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11317 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11320 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11322 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11323 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11324 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11325 language
= DW_LANG_Ada83
;
11326 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11327 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11328 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11329 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11330 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11331 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11333 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11335 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11339 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11342 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11344 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11346 dw_die_ref type_die
11347 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11349 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11351 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11352 TODO: add string length info. */
11354 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11355 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11359 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11362 gen_inheritance_die (binfo
, context_die
)
11364 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11366 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11368 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11369 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11371 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11372 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11374 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo
))
11375 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11376 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo
))
11377 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11380 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11383 gen_member_die (type
, context_die
)
11385 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11390 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11391 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11392 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11393 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11394 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11395 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11396 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11397 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11398 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11399 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11400 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11402 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11403 if (TYPE_BINFO (type
) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type
))
11405 tree bases
= TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type
);
11406 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11409 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11410 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
), context_die
);
11413 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11414 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11416 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11417 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11418 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11419 do put them in the right order. */
11421 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11423 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11425 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11428 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11429 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11431 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11432 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11435 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11437 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11439 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11443 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11444 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11445 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11448 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11450 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11452 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11453 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11455 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11456 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11457 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11459 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11462 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11463 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11466 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11468 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11469 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11471 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11473 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11474 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11476 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11478 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11480 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11483 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11485 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11486 then give a list of members. */
11489 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11490 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11491 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11492 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11493 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11494 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11496 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11497 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11498 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11499 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11501 push_decl_scope (type
);
11502 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11505 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11506 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11508 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11510 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11511 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11512 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11517 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11519 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11520 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11521 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11522 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11526 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11529 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11531 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11533 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11534 dw_die_ref subr_die
11535 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11536 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11538 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11539 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11540 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11541 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11544 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
11547 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
)
11549 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11551 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11554 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11557 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11558 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11559 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11560 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11561 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11566 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11567 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11569 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11571 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11574 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11577 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11579 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11580 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11583 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11584 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11587 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11590 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11592 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11596 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11599 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11600 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11601 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11602 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11603 cloned type itself). */
11604 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11605 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11607 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11610 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11611 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11613 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11614 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11617 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11618 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11622 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11628 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11629 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11630 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11631 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11632 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11634 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11636 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11637 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11638 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11642 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11643 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11644 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11646 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11647 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11649 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11651 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11655 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11656 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11660 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11661 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11664 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11665 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11666 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11667 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11671 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11672 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11673 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11677 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11679 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11680 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11683 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11687 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11690 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11693 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11694 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11695 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11696 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11697 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11698 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11699 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11700 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11701 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11702 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11704 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11706 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11709 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11710 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11711 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11717 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11718 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11720 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11725 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11726 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11727 when appropriate. */
11736 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11740 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11747 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11750 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11753 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type
, context_die
)
11755 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11757 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11760 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11761 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11762 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11764 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11767 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11768 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11770 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11775 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11776 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11780 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11784 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11785 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11793 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11794 things which are local to the given block. */
11797 gen_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11799 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11802 int must_output_die
= 0;
11805 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11807 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11808 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11809 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11812 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11813 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11814 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11815 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11819 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11820 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11825 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11826 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11827 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11828 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11829 the current block. */
11830 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11831 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11833 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11835 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11836 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11837 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11838 must_output_die
= 1;
11841 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11842 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11843 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11844 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11845 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11846 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11847 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11848 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11850 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11851 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11852 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11853 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11854 as being a "significant" one. */
11855 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11857 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11858 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11859 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11860 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11861 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11862 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11864 must_output_die
= 1;
11870 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11871 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11872 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11873 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11874 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11875 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11876 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11877 if (must_output_die
)
11879 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11880 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11882 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11885 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11888 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11889 all of its sub-blocks. */
11892 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11894 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11900 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11901 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11904 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11905 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11906 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11907 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11908 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11912 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11913 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11914 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11915 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11919 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11920 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11922 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11925 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11926 therein) of this block. */
11927 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11929 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11930 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11933 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11936 is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
11939 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11942 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11943 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11944 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11945 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11946 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11947 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11953 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11956 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
)
11958 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11962 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11965 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11971 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11972 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11975 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11976 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11977 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11978 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
11979 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
11982 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11983 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
11984 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11986 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11987 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11988 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11989 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
11990 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11991 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11992 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11993 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11995 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11996 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
11999 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12000 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12002 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12003 have described its return type. */
12004 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
12006 /* And its virtual context. */
12007 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12008 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12010 /* And its containing type. */
12011 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12012 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12013 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12016 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12017 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12021 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12022 actual typedefs. */
12023 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12026 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12027 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12028 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12029 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12030 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12031 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12032 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12034 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12038 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12039 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12041 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12042 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12046 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12047 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12051 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12052 variable declarations or definitions. */
12053 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12056 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12058 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12060 /* And its containing type. */
12061 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12062 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12063 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12065 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12066 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12067 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12069 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12070 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12071 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12073 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12077 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12078 anonymous unions. */
12079 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12080 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
12082 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12083 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12088 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12089 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12092 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12093 /* Ignore for now. */
12101 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12104 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename
, context_list
)
12105 const char *filename
;
12106 const char *context_list
;
12108 unsigned int file_index
;
12110 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12112 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12113 tree context_list_decl
12114 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12117 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12118 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12119 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12120 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12121 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12125 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12126 compilation proper has finished. */
12129 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl
)
12132 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12133 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12134 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12135 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12136 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12137 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12140 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12143 dwarf2out_decl (decl
)
12146 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12148 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12153 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12154 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12155 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12156 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12157 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12160 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12161 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12162 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12163 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12164 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12165 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12166 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12167 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12168 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12169 with the definition of the function.
12171 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12172 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12173 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12174 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12175 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12176 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12177 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12178 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12179 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12180 that they *are* definitions).
12182 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12183 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12184 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12185 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12186 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12187 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12190 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12191 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12192 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12193 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12194 context_die
= NULL
;
12198 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12199 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12200 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12201 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12202 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12203 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12204 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12205 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12206 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12209 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12210 variable declarations or definitions. */
12211 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12216 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12217 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12220 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12221 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12222 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12224 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12225 comparisons have. */
12226 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12227 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12228 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12229 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12230 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12235 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12236 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12239 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12240 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12241 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12242 context_die
= NULL
;
12250 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12253 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12254 a lexical block. */
12257 dwarf2out_begin_block (line
, blocknum
)
12258 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12259 unsigned int blocknum
;
12261 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12262 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12265 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12269 dwarf2out_end_block (line
, blocknum
)
12270 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12271 unsigned int blocknum
;
12273 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12274 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12277 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12278 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12280 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12281 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12282 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12285 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block
)
12290 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12291 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12292 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12298 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12299 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12300 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12301 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12302 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12303 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12304 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12305 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12306 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12310 lookup_filename (file_name
)
12311 const char *file_name
;
12315 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
12316 if (strcmp (file_name
, "<internal>") == 0
12317 || strcmp (file_name
, "<built-in>") == 0)
12320 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12321 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12322 if (file_table
.last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12323 if (0 == strcmp (file_name
,
12324 file_table
.table
[file_table
.last_lookup_index
]))
12325 return file_table
.last_lookup_index
;
12327 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12328 for (i
= 1; i
< file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
12329 if (strcmp (file_name
, file_table
.table
[i
]) == 0)
12331 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= i
;
12335 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
12336 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
12337 if (i
== file_table
.allocated
)
12339 file_table
.allocated
= i
+ FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12340 file_table
.table
= (char **)
12341 xrealloc (file_table
.table
, file_table
.allocated
* sizeof (char *));
12342 memset (file_table
.table
+ i
, 0,
12343 FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (char *));
12346 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12347 file_table
.table
[i
] = xstrdup (file_name
);
12348 file_table
.in_use
= i
+ 1;
12349 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= i
;
12351 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12353 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", i
);
12354 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
, file_name
);
12355 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12364 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12365 file_table
.table
= (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (char *));
12366 file_table
.allocated
= FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12368 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12369 file_table
.in_use
= 1;
12370 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= 0;
12373 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12374 and record information relating to this source line, in
12375 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12378 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, filename
)
12380 const char *filename
;
12382 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12384 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12386 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12387 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12388 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12391 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12393 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12395 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12396 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12398 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12399 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12401 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12402 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12403 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12405 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12407 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12408 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12409 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12411 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12412 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12413 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12415 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12416 separate_line_info_table
12417 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref
)
12418 ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12419 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12420 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12421 memset ((separate_line_info_table
12422 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
),
12424 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12425 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12428 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12430 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12431 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12432 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12433 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12437 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12439 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12440 line_info_table_in_use
);
12442 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12443 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12445 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12447 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12448 (line_info_table_allocated
12449 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12450 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12451 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12454 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12455 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12456 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12457 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12462 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12465 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno
, filename
)
12466 unsigned int lineno
;
12467 const char *filename
;
12469 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& !is_main_source
)
12471 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12472 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12474 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12475 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12478 is_main_source
= 0;
12480 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12482 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12483 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12484 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12486 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12487 "Filename we just started");
12491 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12494 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno
)
12495 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12497 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12498 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12499 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12501 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12503 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12504 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12508 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12509 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12510 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12513 dwarf2out_define (lineno
, buffer
)
12514 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12515 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12517 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12519 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12520 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12521 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12522 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12526 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12527 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12528 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12531 dwarf2out_undef (lineno
, buffer
)
12532 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12533 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12535 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12537 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12538 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12539 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12540 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12544 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12547 dwarf2out_init (main_input_filename
)
12548 const char *main_input_filename
;
12550 init_file_table ();
12552 /* Add the name of the primary input file to the file table first,
12553 under the assumption that we'll be emitting line number data for
12554 it first, which avoids having to add an initial DW_LNS_set_file. */
12555 lookup_filename (main_input_filename
);
12557 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12558 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12559 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12560 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12561 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12563 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12564 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12566 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12567 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12568 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12569 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12570 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12571 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12573 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12574 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12575 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12576 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12578 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12579 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12581 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12582 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12583 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12584 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12585 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
12586 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename
);
12587 is_main_source
= 1;
12589 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12591 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12593 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12594 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12595 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12596 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12597 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12599 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12601 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12602 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12603 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12604 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12605 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12606 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12607 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12608 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12609 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12610 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12611 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12612 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12614 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12616 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12617 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12618 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12619 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12622 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12625 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12629 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12630 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12633 output_indirect_string (h
, v
)
12635 void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12637 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12639 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12641 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12642 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12643 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12649 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12650 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12653 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename
)
12654 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12656 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
12657 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
12659 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12660 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12661 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12662 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12664 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
12666 next_node
= node
->next
;
12669 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12671 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
12675 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
12676 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
12678 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12679 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12680 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12681 else if (node
->created_for
12682 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
12683 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
12685 (node
->created_for
)))))
12686 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12687 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
12688 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12689 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
12690 else if (node
->created_for
12691 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
12692 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
12693 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
12694 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
12695 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12697 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12698 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12699 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12700 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12701 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12702 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
12705 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12712 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
12714 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12715 emit full debugging info for them. */
12716 retry_incomplete_types ();
12718 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12719 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12720 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12722 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12723 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12724 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12725 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
12727 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12728 that have children. */
12729 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
12730 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12731 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
12733 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12735 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12737 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12738 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12739 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12740 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12741 examining the file. */
12742 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12744 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12745 output_line_info ();
12748 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12749 if (have_location_lists
)
12751 /* Output the location lists info. */
12752 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12753 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
12754 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12755 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
12756 output_location_lists (die
);
12757 have_location_lists
= 0;
12760 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12762 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
12764 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
12765 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
12768 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12769 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12770 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
12771 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
12773 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12774 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
12775 debug_line_section_label
);
12777 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12778 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
12780 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12781 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12782 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12783 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
12785 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
12787 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12788 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12789 output_abbrev_section ();
12791 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12792 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
12794 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12795 output_pubnames ();
12798 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12799 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12800 if (fde_table_in_use
)
12802 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12806 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12807 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
12809 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12810 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
12814 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
12815 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12817 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12818 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12819 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
12822 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
12824 if (debug_str_hash
)
12825 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
12829 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
12830 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
12832 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12834 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"